| /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF | 
 |    Copyright (C) 1996-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 
 |    Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. | 
 |  | 
 |    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | 
 |  | 
 |    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
 |    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | 
 |    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | 
 |    (at your option) any later version. | 
 |  | 
 |    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | 
 |    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | 
 |    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the | 
 |    GNU General Public License for more details. | 
 |  | 
 |    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | 
 |    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | 
 |    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, | 
 |    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #include "sysdep.h" | 
 | #include "bfd.h" | 
 | #include "bfdlink.h" | 
 | #include "libbfd.h" | 
 | #include "elf-bfd.h" | 
 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" | 
 | #include "elf/sh.h" | 
 | #include "dwarf2.h" | 
 | #include "libiberty.h" | 
 | #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */ | 
 | #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc | 
 |   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc | 
 |   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); | 
 | static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes | 
 |   (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int); | 
 | static bool sh_elf_align_loads | 
 |   (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *); | 
 | static bool sh_elf_swap_insns | 
 |   (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma); | 
 | static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc | 
 |   (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int); | 
 | static bfd_vma dtpoff_base | 
 |   (struct bfd_link_info *); | 
 | static bfd_vma tpoff | 
 |   (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma); | 
 |  | 
 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp | 
 |    section.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" | 
 |  | 
 | /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */ | 
 | #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000 | 
 |  | 
 | #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or | 
 |    not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but | 
 |    its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */ | 
 | #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \ | 
 |   (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \ | 
 |    || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created) | 
 |  | 
 | #define SH_PARTIAL32 true | 
 | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff | 
 | #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc | 
 | static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] = | 
 | { | 
 | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define SH_PARTIAL32 false | 
 | #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0 | 
 | #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc | 
 | static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] = | 
 | { | 
 | #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
 |   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec; | 
 |   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec; | 
 |  | 
 |   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec | 
 | 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec); | 
 | #else | 
 |   return false; | 
 | #endif | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
 |   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec; | 
 |   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec; | 
 |  | 
 |   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec | 
 | 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec); | 
 | #else | 
 |   return false; | 
 | #endif | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static reloc_howto_type * | 
 | get_howto_table (bfd *abfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
 |     return sh_vxworks_howto_table; | 
 |   return sh_elf_howto_table; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
 | sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd, | 
 | 		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, | 
 | 		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section, | 
 | 		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end) | 
 | { | 
 |   static bfd_vma last_addr; | 
 |   static asection *last_symbol_section; | 
 |   bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr; | 
 |   int diff, cum_diff; | 
 |   bfd_signed_vma x; | 
 |   int insn; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Sanity check the address.  */ | 
 |   if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively - | 
 |      although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */ | 
 |   if (! last_addr) | 
 |     { | 
 |       last_addr = addr; | 
 |       last_symbol_section = symbol_section; | 
 |       return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 |     } | 
 |   if (last_addr != addr) | 
 |     abort (); | 
 |   last_addr = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */ | 
 |   if (symbol_section != input_section) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
 | 	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section, | 
 | 					   &contents)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      free (contents); | 
 | 	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 | #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800) | 
 |   start_ptr = contents + start; | 
 |   for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;) | 
 |     { | 
 |       for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);) | 
 | 	ptr -= 2; | 
 |       ptr += 2; | 
 |       diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1; | 
 |       cum_diff += diff & 1; | 
 |       cum_diff += diff; | 
 |     } | 
 |   /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four - | 
 |      so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to | 
 |      addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */ | 
 |   if (cum_diff >= 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       start -= 4; | 
 |       end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_vma start0 = start - 4; | 
 |  | 
 |       while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0)) | 
 | 	start0 -= 2; | 
 |       start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2); | 
 |       start = start0 - cum_diff - 2; | 
 |       end = start0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
 |     free (contents); | 
 |  | 
 |   insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr); | 
 |  | 
 |   x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr; | 
 |   if (input_section != symbol_section) | 
 |     x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset) | 
 | 	  - (input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 	     + input_section->output_offset)); | 
 |   x >>= 1; | 
 |   if (x < -128 || x > 127) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_overflow; | 
 |  | 
 |   x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff); | 
 |   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr); | 
 |  | 
 |   return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF | 
 |    function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
 | sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in, | 
 | 	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, | 
 | 	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_vma insn; | 
 |   bfd_vma sym_value; | 
 |   enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type; | 
 |   bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address; | 
 |   bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); | 
 |   bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets; | 
 |  | 
 |   r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (output_bfd != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */ | 
 |       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | 
 |       return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be | 
 |      done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */ | 
 |   if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (symbol_in != NULL | 
 |       && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section)) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_undefined; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */ | 
 |   if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto) | 
 |       > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section)) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section)) | 
 |     sym_value = 0; | 
 |   else | 
 |     sym_value = (symbol_in->value + | 
 | 		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma + | 
 | 		 symbol_in->section->output_offset); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (r_type) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case R_SH_DIR32: | 
 |       insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data); | 
 |       insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend; | 
 |       bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 |       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data); | 
 |       sym_value += reloc_entry->addend; | 
 |       sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 		    + input_section->output_offset | 
 | 		    + addr | 
 | 		    + 4); | 
 |       sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1; | 
 |       insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff); | 
 |       bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data); | 
 |       if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0) | 
 | 	return bfd_reloc_overflow; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       abort (); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing, | 
 |    which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
 | sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, | 
 | 		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section, | 
 | 		     bfd *output_bfd, | 
 | 		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (output_bfd != NULL) | 
 |     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | 
 |   return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct elf_reloc_map | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val; | 
 |   unsigned char elf_reloc_val; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] = | 
 | { | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 }, | 
 |   { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC }, | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the | 
 |    corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static reloc_howto_type * | 
 | sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned int i; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) | 
 | 	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return NULL; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static reloc_howto_type * | 
 | sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned int i; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       for (i = 0; | 
 | 	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table) | 
 | 		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0])); | 
 | 	   i++) | 
 | 	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL | 
 | 	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) | 
 | 	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i]; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       for (i = 0; | 
 | 	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table) | 
 | 		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0])); | 
 | 	   i++) | 
 | 	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL | 
 | 	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) | 
 | 	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i]; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return NULL; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned int r; | 
 |  | 
 |   r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 | 
 |       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC) | 
 |       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2) | 
 |       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3) | 
 |       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4) | 
 |       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 |       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), | 
 | 			  abfd, r); | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding | 
 |    function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME: | 
 |    There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF | 
 |    specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply | 
 |    into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication | 
 |    could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both | 
 |    functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different | 
 |    values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here | 
 |    they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, | 
 | 		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; | 
 |   bool have_code; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
 |   bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   *again = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) | 
 |       || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 | 
 |       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | 
 |       || sec->reloc_count == 0) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
 |  | 
 |   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
 | 		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, | 
 | 		      link_info->keep_memory)); | 
 |   if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
 |     goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |   have_code = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
 |   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval; | 
 |       unsigned short insn; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount; | 
 |       bfd_signed_vma foff; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE) | 
 | 	have_code = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the section contents.  */ | 
 |       if (contents == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
 | 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) | 
 | 		goto error_return; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to | 
 | 	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is | 
 | 	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based | 
 | 	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */ | 
 |       laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; | 
 |       if (laddr >= sec->size) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"), | 
 | 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to | 
 | 	 do.  */ | 
 |       if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: " | 
 | 	       "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"), | 
 | 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The | 
 | 	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a | 
 | 	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but, | 
 | 	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits | 
 | 	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned | 
 | 	 on a four byte boundary.  */ | 
 |       paddr = insn & 0xff; | 
 |       paddr *= 4; | 
 |       paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3; | 
 |       if (paddr >= sec->size) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"), | 
 | 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is | 
 | 	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is | 
 | 	 actually being called.  */ | 
 |       for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++) | 
 | 	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr | 
 | 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32) | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |       if (irelfn >= irelend) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"), | 
 | 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */ | 
 |       if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
 | 	  if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
 | 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, | 
 | 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, | 
 | 					    NULL, NULL, NULL); | 
 | 	  if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
 | 	    goto error_return; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */ | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* A local symbol.  */ | 
 | 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info); | 
 | 	  if (isym->st_shndx | 
 | 	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"), | 
 | 		 abfd, (uint64_t) paddr); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  symval = (isym->st_value | 
 | 		    + sec->output_section->vma | 
 | 		    + sec->output_offset); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  unsigned long indx; | 
 | 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 | 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); | 
 | 	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined | 
 | 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined | 
 | 		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the | 
 | 		 regular reloc processing.  */ | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value | 
 | 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 | 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) | 
 | 	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	symval += irelfn->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */ | 
 |       foff = (symval | 
 | 	      - (irel->r_offset | 
 | 		 + sec->output_section->vma | 
 | 		 + sec->output_offset | 
 | 		 + 4)); | 
 |       /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an | 
 | 	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted. | 
 | 	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for | 
 | 	 that.  */ | 
 |       if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Shorten the function call.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section | 
 | 	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We | 
 | 	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this | 
 | 	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table | 
 | 	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c; | 
 | 	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when | 
 | 	 the linker is run.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; | 
 |       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
 |       symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and | 
 | 	 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */ | 
 |       irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W); | 
 |       /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol, | 
 | 	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need | 
 | 	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that | 
 | 	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external | 
 | 	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let | 
 | 	 the final link phase handle it.  */ | 
 |       if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020) | 
 | 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset); | 
 |  | 
 |       irel->r_addend = -4; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the | 
 | 	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However, | 
 | 	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we | 
 | 	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */ | 
 |       irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same | 
 | 	 register load.  */ | 
 |       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++) | 
 | 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES | 
 | 	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend) | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |       if (irelscan < irelend) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load, | 
 | 	     and we have not yet converted that function call. | 
 | 	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is | 
 | 	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the | 
 | 	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any | 
 | 	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */ | 
 |       for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++) | 
 | 	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr | 
 | 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT) | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Delete the register load.  */ | 
 |       if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2)) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some | 
 | 	 other function call to come within range, we should relax | 
 | 	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */ | 
 |       *again = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */ | 
 |       if (irelcount >= irelend) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: " | 
 | 	       "could not find expected COUNT reloc"), | 
 | 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've | 
 | 	 just deleted one.  */ | 
 |       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"), | 
 | 			      abfd, (uint64_t) paddr); | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       --irelcount->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload | 
 | 	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the | 
 | 	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */ | 
 |       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4)) | 
 | 	    goto error_return; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */ | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four | 
 |      byte boundaries.  */ | 
 |   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4 | 
 |       && have_code) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bool swapped; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the section contents.  */ | 
 |       if (contents == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
 | 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) | 
 | 		goto error_return; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, | 
 | 				&swapped)) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (swapped) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; | 
 | 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
 | 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isymbuf != NULL | 
 |       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (! link_info->keep_memory) | 
 | 	free (isymbuf); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */ | 
 | 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (contents != NULL | 
 |       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (! link_info->keep_memory) | 
 | 	free (contents); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */ | 
 | 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
 |     free (internal_relocs); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 |  | 
 |  error_return: | 
 |   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
 |     free (isymbuf); | 
 |   if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) | 
 |     free (contents); | 
 |   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
 |     free (internal_relocs); | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a | 
 |    lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes | 
 |    in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, | 
 | 			   int count) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |   unsigned int sec_shndx; | 
 |   bfd_byte *contents; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign; | 
 |   bfd_vma toaddr; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend; | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes; | 
 |   unsigned int symcount; | 
 |   asection *o; | 
 |  | 
 |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
 |   isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
 |  | 
 |   sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | 
 |  | 
 |   contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment | 
 |      power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   irelalign = NULL; | 
 |   toaddr = sec->size; | 
 |  | 
 |   irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; | 
 |   irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count; | 
 |   for (; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
 | 	  && irel->r_offset > addr | 
 | 	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  irelalign = irel; | 
 | 	  toaddr = irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */ | 
 |   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, | 
 | 	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count)); | 
 |   if (irelalign == NULL) | 
 |     sec->size -= count; | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       int i; | 
 |  | 
 | #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009) | 
 |  | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0); | 
 |       for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2) | 
 | 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Adjust all the relocs.  */ | 
 |   for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_vma nraddr, stop; | 
 |       bfd_vma start = 0; | 
 |       int insn = 0; | 
 |       int off, adjust, oinsn; | 
 |       bfd_signed_vma voff = 0; | 
 |       bool overflow; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the new reloc address.  */ | 
 |       nraddr = irel->r_offset; | 
 |       if ((irel->r_offset > addr | 
 | 	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr) | 
 | 	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
 | 	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr)) | 
 | 	nraddr -= count; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which | 
 | 	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which | 
 | 	 represent addresses, though.  */ | 
 |       if (irel->r_offset >= addr | 
 | 	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count | 
 | 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN | 
 | 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE | 
 | 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA | 
 | 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
 | 	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), | 
 | 				     (int) R_SH_NONE); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers | 
 | 	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */ | 
 |       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 	case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
 | 	  start = irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  start = stop = addr; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR32: | 
 | 	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this | 
 | 	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we | 
 | 	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in | 
 | 	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */ | 
 | 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); | 
 | 	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
 | 		  && (isym->st_value <= addr | 
 | 		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bfd_vma val; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 		      val += isym->st_value; | 
 | 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
 | 			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend; | 
 | 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
 | 			irel->r_addend -= count; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  start = stop = addr; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 	  off = insn & 0xff; | 
 | 	  if (off & 0x80) | 
 | 	    off -= 0x100; | 
 | 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 | 	  off = insn & 0xfff; | 
 | 	  if (! off) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the | 
 | 		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the | 
 | 		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */ | 
 | 	      start = stop = addr; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (off & 0x800) | 
 | 		off -= 0x1000; | 
 | 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus | 
 | 		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the | 
 | 		 start of the section. | 
 | 		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and | 
 | 		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into | 
 | 		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */ | 
 | 	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr) | 
 | 		irel->r_addend -= count; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
 | 	  off = insn & 0xff; | 
 | 	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
 | 	  off = insn & 0xff; | 
 | 	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_SWITCH8: | 
 | 	case R_SH_SWITCH16: | 
 | 	case R_SH_SWITCH32: | 
 | 	  /* These relocs types represent | 
 | 	       .word L2-L1 | 
 | 	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc | 
 | 	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and | 
 | 	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust | 
 | 	     both the r_offset field and the section contents. | 
 | 	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset, | 
 | 	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  stop = irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (start > addr | 
 | 	      && start < toaddr | 
 | 	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
 | 	    irel->r_addend += count; | 
 | 	  else if (stop > addr | 
 | 		   && stop < toaddr | 
 | 		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
 | 	    irel->r_addend -= count; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16) | 
 | 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8) | 
 | 	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_USES: | 
 | 	  start = irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start | 
 | 			    + (long) irel->r_addend | 
 | 			    + 4); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (start > addr | 
 | 	  && start < toaddr | 
 | 	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
 | 	adjust = count; | 
 |       else if (stop > addr | 
 | 	       && stop < toaddr | 
 | 	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
 | 	adjust = - count; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	adjust = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (adjust != 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  oinsn = insn; | 
 | 	  overflow = false; | 
 | 	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      abort (); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
 | 	      insn += adjust / 2; | 
 | 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 | 	      insn += adjust / 2; | 
 | 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4); | 
 | 	      if (count >= 4) | 
 | 		insn += adjust / 4; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0) | 
 | 		    ++insn; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_SWITCH8: | 
 | 	      voff += adjust; | 
 | 	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_SWITCH16: | 
 | 	      voff += adjust; | 
 | 	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_SWITCH32: | 
 | 	      voff += adjust; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_USES: | 
 | 	      irel->r_addend += adjust; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (overflow) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), | 
 | 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       irel->r_offset = nraddr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32 | 
 |      relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust | 
 |      below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */ | 
 |   for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend; | 
 |       bfd_byte *ocontents; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (o == sec | 
 | 	  || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 | 
 | 	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 | 
 | 	  || o->reloc_count == 0) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is | 
 | 	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we | 
 | 	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
 |       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
 | 			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true)); | 
 |       if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       ocontents = NULL; | 
 |       irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count; | 
 |       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */ | 
 | 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma start, stop; | 
 | 	      bfd_signed_vma voff; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (ocontents == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
 | 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      /* We always cache the section contents. | 
 | 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we | 
 | 			 should free them, if we are permitted to, | 
 | 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
 | 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) | 
 | 			{ | 
 | 			  free (ocontents); | 
 | 			  return false; | 
 | 			} | 
 |  | 
 | 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      stop = irelscan->r_offset; | 
 | 	      start | 
 | 		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */ | 
 | 	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr) | 
 | 		irelscan->r_addend += count; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
 | 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (start > addr | 
 | 		  && start < toaddr | 
 | 		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) | 
 | 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count, | 
 | 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
 | 	      else if (stop > addr | 
 | 		       && stop < toaddr | 
 | 		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) | 
 | 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count, | 
 | 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32) | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info); | 
 | 	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
 | 	      && (isym->st_value <= addr | 
 | 		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma val; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (ocontents == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) | 
 | 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      /* We always cache the section contents. | 
 | 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we | 
 | 			 should free them, if we are permitted to, | 
 | 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */ | 
 | 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) | 
 | 			{ | 
 | 			  free (ocontents); | 
 | 			  return false; | 
 | 			} | 
 |  | 
 | 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
 | 	      val += isym->st_value; | 
 | 	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr) | 
 | 		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, | 
 | 			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */ | 
 |   isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 |   for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx | 
 | 	  && isym->st_value > addr | 
 | 	  && isym->st_value < toaddr) | 
 | 	isym->st_value -= count; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */ | 
 |   symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym) | 
 | 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info); | 
 |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); | 
 |   end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount; | 
 |   for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes; | 
 |       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
 | 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
 | 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec | 
 | 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr | 
 | 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted | 
 |      r_offset for it already.  */ | 
 |   if (irelalign != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr; | 
 |  | 
 |       alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend); | 
 |       alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset, | 
 | 			     1 << irelalign->r_addend); | 
 |       if (alignto != alignaddr) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Tail recursion.  */ | 
 | 	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr, | 
 | 					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte | 
 |    boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec, | 
 | 		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, | 
 | 		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 		    bool *pswapped) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
 |   bfd_vma *labels = NULL; | 
 |   bfd_vma *label, *label_end; | 
 |   bfd_size_type amt; | 
 |  | 
 |   *pswapped = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */ | 
 |   amt = sec->reloc_count; | 
 |   amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma); | 
 |   labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt); | 
 |   if (labels == NULL) | 
 |     goto error_return; | 
 |   label_end = labels; | 
 |   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  *label_end = irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  ++label_end; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in | 
 |      address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort | 
 |      the label values and the relocs.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   label = labels; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_vma start, stop; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       start = irel->r_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |       for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 | 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA) | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |       if (irel < irelend) | 
 | 	stop = irel->r_offset; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	stop = sec->size; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns, | 
 | 				     internal_relocs, &label, | 
 | 				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped)) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   free (labels); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 |  | 
 |  error_return: | 
 |   free (labels); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs, | 
 | 		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs; | 
 |   unsigned short i1, i2; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */ | 
 |   i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr); | 
 |   i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2); | 
 |   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr); | 
 |   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */ | 
 |   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
 |   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       enum elf_sh_reloc_type type; | 
 |       int add; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to | 
 | 	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself, | 
 | 	 but are only associated with the address.  */ | 
 |       type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); | 
 |       if (type == R_SH_ALIGN | 
 | 	  || type == R_SH_CODE | 
 | 	  || type == R_SH_DATA | 
 | 	  || type == R_SH_LABEL) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being | 
 | 	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this | 
 | 	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both | 
 | 	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping | 
 | 	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an | 
 | 	 instruction it shouldn't).  */ | 
 |       if (type == R_SH_USES) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  bfd_vma off; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; | 
 | 	  if (off == addr) | 
 | 	    irel->r_offset += 2; | 
 | 	  else if (off == addr + 2) | 
 | 	    irel->r_offset -= 2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (irel->r_offset == addr) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  irel->r_offset += 2; | 
 | 	  add = -2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  irel->r_offset -= 2; | 
 | 	  add = 2; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	add = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (add != 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  bfd_byte *loc; | 
 | 	  unsigned short insn, oinsn; | 
 | 	  bool overflow; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset; | 
 | 	  overflow = false; | 
 | 	  switch (type) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
 | 	      oinsn = insn; | 
 | 	      insn += add / 2; | 
 | 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
 | 	      oinsn = insn; | 
 | 	      insn += add / 2; | 
 | 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) | 
 | 		overflow = true; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
 | 	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of | 
 | 		 the program counter before adding in the offset. | 
 | 		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the | 
 | 		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an | 
 | 		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a | 
 | 		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */ | 
 | 	      if ((addr & 3) != 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); | 
 | 		  oinsn = insn; | 
 | 		  insn += add / 2; | 
 | 		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) | 
 | 		    overflow = true; | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (overflow) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), | 
 | 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct elf_sh_plt_info | 
 | { | 
 |   /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special | 
 |      first entry.  */ | 
 |   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */ | 
 |   bfd_vma plt0_entry_size; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to | 
 |      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE | 
 |      if there is no such pointer.  */ | 
 |   bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3]; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */ | 
 |   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */ | 
 |   bfd_vma symbol_entry_size; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used | 
 |      on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value | 
 |      that the field must hold.  */ | 
 |   struct { | 
 |     bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */ | 
 |     bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */ | 
 |     bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */ | 
 |     bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction | 
 | 		   (instead of a constant pool entry).  */ | 
 |   } symbol_fields; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */ | 
 |   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first | 
 |      MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in | 
 |      other cases.  */ | 
 |   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 | 
 |  | 
 | /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by | 
 |    GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be | 
 |    corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform | 
 |    to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT | 
 |    and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and | 
 |    ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however, | 
 |    since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be | 
 |    greater than or equal to 12.  */ | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ | 
 |   0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ | 
 |   0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like | 
 |    this.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */ | 
 |   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */ | 
 |   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */ | 
 |   0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
 |   0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { | 
 |   { | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
 |       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, | 
 |       elf_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 20, 16, 24, false }, | 
 |       8, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
 |       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, | 
 |       elf_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 20, 16, 24, false }, | 
 |       8, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |   }, | 
 |   { | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false }, | 
 |       8, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, | 
 |       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false }, | 
 |       8, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12 | 
 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ | 
 |   0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */ | 
 |   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ | 
 |   0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */ | 
 |   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = { | 
 |   { | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
 |       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, | 
 |       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 8, 14, 20, false }, | 
 |       12, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */ | 
 |       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, | 
 |       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 8, 14, 20, false }, | 
 |       12, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |   }, | 
 |   { | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |       NULL, | 
 |       0, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false }, | 
 |       12, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |       NULL, | 
 |       0, | 
 |       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, | 
 |       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false }, | 
 |       12, | 
 |       NULL | 
 |     }, | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy | 
 |    binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now | 
 |    and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better | 
 |    cache behavior.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 | 
 | #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20 | 
 |  | 
 | /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be | 
 |    duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So | 
 |    right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It | 
 |    might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy | 
 |    stubs separately.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */ | 
 |   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 |   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 |   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = { | 
 |   { | 
 |     /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |     NULL, | 
 |     0, | 
 |     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false }, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |     NULL | 
 |   }, | 
 |   { | 
 |     /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |     NULL, | 
 |     0, | 
 |     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false }, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |     NULL | 
 |   }, | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT | 
 |    entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry | 
 |    past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster, | 
 |    but would not be any smaller.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 | 
 | #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16 | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */ | 
 |   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */ | 
 |   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 |   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */ | 
 |   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ | 
 |   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = | 
 | { | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ | 
 |   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */ | 
 |   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ | 
 |   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */ | 
 |   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */ | 
 |   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */ | 
 |   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ | 
 |   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = { | 
 |   /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */ | 
 |   NULL, | 
 |   0, | 
 |   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be, | 
 |   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true }, | 
 |   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |   NULL | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = { | 
 |   /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */ | 
 |   NULL, | 
 |   0, | 
 |   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le, | 
 |   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true }, | 
 |   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |   NULL | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = { | 
 |   { | 
 |     /* Big-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |     NULL, | 
 |     0, | 
 |     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false }, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be | 
 |   }, | 
 |   { | 
 |     /* Little-endian PIC.  */ | 
 |     NULL, | 
 |     0, | 
 |     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, | 
 |     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, | 
 |     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false }, | 
 |     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, | 
 |     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le | 
 |   }, | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if | 
 |    the object is position-independent.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * | 
 | get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT | 
 | 	 sequence.  */ | 
 |       if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base) | 
 | 	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
 |     } | 
 |   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) | 
 |     return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
 |   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. | 
 |    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, | 
 |    not data.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | inline static void | 
 | install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any. | 
 |    Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a | 
 |    20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below | 
 |    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */ | 
 | #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536 | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_vma | 
 | get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_vma plt_index = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   offset -= info->plt0_entry_size; | 
 |   if (info->short_plt != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT; | 
 | 	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	info = info->short_plt; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Do the inverse operation.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_vma | 
 | get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_vma offset = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (info->short_plt != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size; | 
 | 	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	info = info->short_plt; | 
 |     } | 
 |   return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size | 
 | 	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | union gotref | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_signed_vma refcount; | 
 |   bfd_vma offset; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry root; | 
 |  | 
 |   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts | 
 |      R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 | 
 |      relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted | 
 |      for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is | 
 |      MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker | 
 |      managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic). | 
 |      During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local | 
 |      descriptor will be canonical.  */ | 
 |   union gotref funcdesc; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC, | 
 |      and thus require fixups or relocations.  */ | 
 |   bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount; | 
 |  | 
 |   enum got_type { | 
 |     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC | 
 |   } got_type; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) | 
 |  | 
 | struct sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_obj_tdata root; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* got_type for each local got entry.  */ | 
 |   char *local_got_type; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */ | 
 |   union gotref *local_funcdesc; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \ | 
 |   ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \ | 
 |   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type) | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \ | 
 |   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc) | 
 |  | 
 | #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \ | 
 |   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ | 
 |    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ | 
 |    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
 |    as the specific tdata.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata), | 
 | 				  SH_ELF_DATA); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | struct elf_sh_link_hash_table | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_table root; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */ | 
 |   asection *sfuncdesc; | 
 |   asection *srelfuncdesc; | 
 |   asection *srofixup; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */ | 
 |   asection *srelplt2; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */ | 
 |   union | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_signed_vma refcount; | 
 |       bfd_vma offset; | 
 |     } tls_ldm_got; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* The type of PLT to use.  */ | 
 |   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */ | 
 |   bool fdpic_p; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\ | 
 |   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\ | 
 |    (&(table)->root,							\ | 
 |     (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),		\ | 
 |     (info))) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \ | 
 |   ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)					\ | 
 |     && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA)		\ | 
 |    ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * | 
 | sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, | 
 | 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table, | 
 | 			  const char *string) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret = | 
 |     (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a | 
 |      subclass.  */ | 
 |   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
 |     ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) | 
 | 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table, | 
 | 			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry))); | 
 |   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
 |     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */ | 
 |   ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) | 
 | 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, | 
 | 				     table, string)); | 
 |   if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0; | 
 |       ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0; | 
 |       ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0; | 
 |       ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * | 
 | sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret; | 
 |   size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table); | 
 |  | 
 |   ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); | 
 |   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL) | 
 |     return NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, | 
 | 				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc, | 
 | 				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry), | 
 | 				      SH_ELF_DATA)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       free (ret); | 
 |       return NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true; | 
 |       ret->fdpic_p = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return &ret->root.root; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */ | 
 |   if (!htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can | 
 |      relocate independently.  */ | 
 |   switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case SHT_PROGBITS: | 
 |     case SHT_NOBITS: | 
 |       /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be | 
 | 	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */ | 
 |     case SHT_NULL: | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations | 
 | 	 against any other section.  */ | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up | 
 |    shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc", | 
 | 							(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | 
 | 							 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | 
 | 							 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | 
 | 							 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)); | 
 |   if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL | 
 |       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, | 
 | 							   ".rela.got.funcdesc", | 
 | 							   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | 
 | 							    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | 
 | 							    | SEC_IN_MEMORY | 
 | 							    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | 
 | 							    | SEC_READONLY)); | 
 |   if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL | 
 |       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Also create .rofixup.  */ | 
 |   htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup", | 
 | 						       (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | 
 | 							| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | 
 | 							| SEC_IN_MEMORY | 
 | 							| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | 
 | 							| SEC_READONLY)); | 
 |   if (htab->srofixup == NULL | 
 |       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   flagword flags, pltflags; | 
 |   asection *s; | 
 |   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | 
 |   int ptralign = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (bed->s->arch_size) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case 32: | 
 |       ptralign = 2; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case 64: | 
 |       ptralign = 3; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and | 
 |      .rel[a].bss sections.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | 
 | 	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); | 
 |  | 
 |   pltflags = flags; | 
 |   pltflags |= SEC_CODE; | 
 |   if (bed->plt_not_loaded) | 
 |     pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | 
 |   if (bed->plt_readonly) | 
 |     pltflags |= SEC_READONLY; | 
 |  | 
 |   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags); | 
 |   htab->root.splt = s; | 
 |   if (s == NULL | 
 |       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bed->want_plt_sym) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the | 
 | 	 .plt section.  */ | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
 |       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol | 
 | 	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, | 
 | 	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, | 
 | 	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; | 
 |       h->def_regular = 1; | 
 |       h->type = STT_OBJECT; | 
 |       htab->root.hplt = h; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, | 
 | 					  bed->default_use_rela_p | 
 | 					  ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt", | 
 | 					  flags | SEC_READONLY); | 
 |   htab->root.srelplt = s; | 
 |   if (s == NULL | 
 |       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.sgot == NULL | 
 |       && !create_got_section (abfd, info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bed->want_dynbss) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined | 
 | 	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are | 
 | 	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process | 
 | 	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to | 
 | 	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss | 
 | 	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */ | 
 |       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss", | 
 | 					      SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); | 
 |       htab->root.sdynbss = s; | 
 |       if (s == NULL) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not | 
 | 	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the | 
 | 	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it | 
 | 	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it | 
 | 	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the | 
 | 	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files | 
 | 	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been | 
 | 	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to | 
 | 	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this | 
 | 	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use | 
 | 	 copy relocs.  */ | 
 |       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, | 
 | 						  (bed->default_use_rela_p | 
 | 						   ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"), | 
 | 						  flags | SEC_READONLY); | 
 | 	  htab->root.srelbss = s; | 
 | 	  if (s == NULL | 
 | 	      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign)) | 
 | 	    return false; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a | 
 |    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the | 
 |    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to | 
 |    change the definition to something the rest of the link can | 
 |    understand.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   asection *s; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */ | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL | 
 | 	      && (h->needs_plt | 
 | 		  || h->is_weakalias | 
 | 		  || (h->def_dynamic | 
 | 		      && h->ref_regular | 
 | 		      && !h->def_regular))); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We | 
 |      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, | 
 |      when we know the address of the .got section.  */ | 
 |   if (h->type == STT_FUNC | 
 |       || h->needs_plt) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 | 
 | 	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) | 
 | 	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input | 
 | 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic | 
 | 	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build | 
 | 	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32 | 
 | 	     reloc instead.  */ | 
 | 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 | 	  h->needs_plt = 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the | 
 |      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the | 
 |      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */ | 
 |   if (h->is_weakalias) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); | 
 |       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; | 
 |       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; | 
 |       if (info->nocopyreloc) | 
 | 	h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which | 
 |      is not a function.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the | 
 |      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. | 
 |      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will | 
 |      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */ | 
 |   if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the | 
 |      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */ | 
 |   if (!h->non_got_ref) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */ | 
 |   if (0 && info->nocopyreloc) | 
 |     { | 
 |       h->non_got_ref = 0; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then | 
 |      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */ | 
 |   if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       h->non_got_ref = 0; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will | 
 |      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be | 
 |      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic | 
 |      object will contain position independent code, so all references | 
 |      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global | 
 |      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to | 
 |      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so | 
 |      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the | 
 |      same memory location for the variable.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   s = htab->root.sdynbss; | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to | 
 |      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the | 
 |      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the | 
 |      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */ | 
 |   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *srel; | 
 |  | 
 |       srel = htab->root.srelbss; | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); | 
 |       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       h->needs_copy = 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for | 
 |    dynamic relocs.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct bfd_link_info *info; | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; | 
 |   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; | 
 |   if ((h->got.refcount > 0 | 
 |        || h->forced_local) | 
 |       && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs, | 
 | 	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */ | 
 |       h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount; | 
 |       if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount) | 
 | 	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created | 
 |       && h->plt.refcount > 0 | 
 |       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
 | 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
 |       if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 	  && !h->forced_local) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
 | 	    return false; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  asection *s = htab->root.splt; | 
 | 	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special | 
 | 	     first entry.  */ | 
 | 	  if (s->size == 0) | 
 | 	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  h->plt.offset = s->size; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are | 
 | 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this | 
 | 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function | 
 | 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and | 
 | 	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the | 
 | 	     function's address will be the address of the canonical | 
 | 	     function descriptor.  */ | 
 | 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      h->root.u.def.section = s; | 
 | 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */ | 
 | 	  plt_info = htab->plt_info; | 
 | 	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL | 
 | 	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT)) | 
 | 	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt; | 
 | 	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which | 
 | 	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */ | 
 | 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */ | 
 | 	  htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations | 
 | 		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation | 
 | 		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry: | 
 | 		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */ | 
 | 	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size) | 
 | 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent | 
 | 		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry, | 
 | 		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */ | 
 | 	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 | 	  h->needs_plt = 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 |       h->needs_plt = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->got.refcount > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *s; | 
 |       bool dyn; | 
 |       enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
 | 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
 |       if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 	  && !h->forced_local) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
 | 	    return false; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       s = htab->root.sgot; | 
 |       h->got.offset = s->size; | 
 |       s->size += 4; | 
 |       /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */ | 
 |       if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
 | 	s->size += 4; | 
 |       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
 |       if (!dyn) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */ | 
 | 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)) | 
 | 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */ | 
 |       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE | 
 | 	       && !h->def_dynamic | 
 | 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	; | 
 |       /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic, | 
 | 	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */ | 
 |       else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE) | 
 | 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
 | 	htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	       && (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) | 
 | 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       else if (htab->fdpic_p | 
 | 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	       && got_type == GOT_NORMAL | 
 | 	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
 | 	htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function | 
 |      descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the | 
 |      reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for | 
 |      undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when | 
 |      static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */ | 
 |   if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0 | 
 |       && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created | 
 | 	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	htab->root.srelgot->size | 
 | 	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to | 
 |      a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and | 
 |      the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this | 
 |      applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the | 
 |      canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there | 
 |      won't be a PLT entry at all.  */ | 
 |   if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0 | 
 |        || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)) | 
 |       && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 |       && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */ | 
 |       eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size; | 
 |       htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the | 
 | 	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */ | 
 |       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	htab->srofixup->size += 8; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for | 
 |      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be | 
 |      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard | 
 |      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol | 
 |      visibility changes.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      p->count -= p->pc_count; | 
 | 	      p->pc_count = 0; | 
 | 	      if (p->count == 0) | 
 | 		*pp = p->next; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		pp = &p->next; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) | 
 | 		*pp = p->next; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		pp = &p->next; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default | 
 | 	 visibility.  */ | 
 |       if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL | 
 | 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) | 
 | 	    h->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic | 
 | 	     symbol in PIEs.  */ | 
 | 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 		   && !h->forced_local) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
 | 		return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against | 
 | 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not | 
 | 	 dynamic.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!h->non_got_ref | 
 | 	  && ((h->def_dynamic | 
 | 	       && !h->def_regular) | 
 | 	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created | 
 | 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. | 
 | 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */ | 
 | 	  if (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 	      && !h->forced_local) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) | 
 | 		return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the | 
 | 	     relocs.  */ | 
 | 	  if (h->dynindx != -1) | 
 | 	    goto keep; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       h->dyn_relocs = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |     keep: ; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Finally, allocate space.  */ | 
 |   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; | 
 |       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */ | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This function is called after all the input files have been read, | 
 |    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. | 
 |    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_early_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, | 
 | 						     bfd_link_pic (info)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) | 
 |       && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 				      "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 			   struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   bfd *dynobj; | 
 |   asection *s; | 
 |   bool relocs; | 
 |   bfd *ibfd; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; | 
 |   if (dynobj == NULL) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */ | 
 |       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
 | 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; | 
 | 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic | 
 |      relocs.  */ | 
 |   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_signed_vma *local_got; | 
 |       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; | 
 |       union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc; | 
 |       char *local_got_type; | 
 |       bfd_size_type locsymcount; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |       asection *srel; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd)) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) | 
 | 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); | 
 | 	       p != NULL; | 
 | 	       p = p->next) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) | 
 | 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because | 
 | 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to | 
 | 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding | 
 | 		     the relocs too.  */ | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks | 
 | 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, | 
 | 				  ".tls_vars") == 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are | 
 | 		     handled specially by the loader.  */ | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else if (p->count != 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; | 
 | 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; | 
 | 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), | 
 | 					      p->sec->owner, p->sec); | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */ | 
 | 		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); | 
 |       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 |       s = htab->root.sgot; | 
 |       srel = htab->root.srelgot; | 
 |  | 
 |       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); | 
 |       if (local_got) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; | 
 | 	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd); | 
 | 	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd); | 
 | 	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (*local_got > 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  *local_got = s->size; | 
 | 		  s->size += 4; | 
 | 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
 | 		    s->size += 4; | 
 | 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL) | 
 | 			{ | 
 | 			  bfd_size_type size; | 
 |  | 
 | 			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref); | 
 | 			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd, | 
 | 									size); | 
 | 			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL) | 
 | 			    return false; | 
 | 			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc; | 
 | 			  local_funcdesc += (local_got | 
 | 					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd)); | 
 | 			} | 
 | 		      local_funcdesc->refcount++; | 
 | 		      ++local_funcdesc; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; | 
 | 	      ++local_got_type; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd); | 
 |       if (local_funcdesc) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size; | 
 | 		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8; | 
 | 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		    htab->srofixup->size += 8; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32 | 
 | 	 relocs.  */ | 
 |       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size; | 
 |       htab->root.sgot->size += 8; | 
 |       htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at | 
 |      the end of .got.plt.  */ | 
 |   if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     { | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12); | 
 |       htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global | 
 |      sym dynamic relocs.  */ | 
 |   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the | 
 |      end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */ | 
 |   if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     { | 
 |       htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size; | 
 |       htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */ | 
 |   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL) | 
 |     htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. | 
 |      Allocate memory for them.  */ | 
 |   relocs = false; | 
 |   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (s == htab->root.splt | 
 | 	  || s == htab->root.sgot | 
 | 	  || s == htab->root.sgotplt | 
 | 	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc | 
 | 	  || s == htab->srofixup | 
 | 	  || s == htab->root.sdynbss) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the | 
 | 	     comment below.  */ | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2) | 
 | 	    relocs = true; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need | 
 | 	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */ | 
 | 	  s->reloc_count = 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */ | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (s->size == 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the | 
 | 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and | 
 | 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in | 
 | 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created | 
 | 	     before the linker maps input sections to output | 
 | 	     sections.  The linker does that before | 
 | 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that | 
 | 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go | 
 | 	     into these sections.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; | 
 | 	  continue; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc | 
 | 	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the | 
 | 	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen, | 
 | 	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead | 
 | 	 of garbage.  */ | 
 |       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); | 
 |       if (s->contents == NULL) | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 						  relocs); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | inline static bfd_vma | 
 | sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset, | 
 | 		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 |   bfd_vma reloc_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |   outrel.r_offset = offset; | 
 |   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type); | 
 |   outrel.r_addend = addend; | 
 |  | 
 |   reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size); | 
 |   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, | 
 | 			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset); | 
 |   sreloc->reloc_count++; | 
 |  | 
 |   return reloc_offset; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | inline static void | 
 | sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd_vma fixup_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |   fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4; | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size); | 
 |   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the | 
 |    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_signed_vma | 
 | sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab) | 
 | { | 
 |   return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is | 
 |    located.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static unsigned | 
 | sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour | 
 |       /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */ | 
 |       && output_bfd->direction != read_direction) | 
 |     p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel | 
 |      supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is | 
 |      a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */ | 
 |   return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec); | 
 |  | 
 |   return (seg != (unsigned) -1 | 
 | 	  && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along | 
 |    with any relocations or fixups required.  */ | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd, | 
 | 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, | 
 | 			    bfd_vma offset, | 
 | 			    asection *section, | 
 | 			    bfd_vma value) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   int dynindx; | 
 |   bfd_vma addr, seg; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the | 
 |      descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could | 
 |      go in the reloc instead... */ | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       section = h->root.u.def.section; | 
 |       value = h->root.u.def.value; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 |       addr = value + section->output_offset; | 
 |       seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section); | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     { | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
 |       dynindx = h->dynindx; | 
 |       addr = seg = 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 			      offset | 
 | 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset); | 
 | 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 			      offset + 4 | 
 | 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final | 
 | 	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */ | 
 |       addr += section->output_section->vma; | 
 |       seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value | 
 | 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 | 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc, | 
 | 			  offset | 
 | 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma | 
 | 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset, | 
 | 			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0); | 
 |  | 
 |   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset); | 
 |   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. | 
 |    VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error | 
 |    otherwise.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_reloc_status_type | 
 | install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation, | 
 | 		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, | 
 | 		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset) | 
 | { | 
 |   unsigned long cur_val; | 
 |   bfd_byte *addr; | 
 |   bfd_reloc_status_type r; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) | 
 |     return bfd_reloc_outofrange; | 
 |  | 
 |   r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0, | 
 | 			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation); | 
 |   if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) | 
 |     return r; | 
 |  | 
 |   addr = contents + offset; | 
 |   cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr); | 
 |   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr); | 
 |   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2); | 
 |  | 
 |   return bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, | 
 | 			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, | 
 | 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, | 
 | 			 asection **local_sections) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; | 
 |   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; | 
 |   asection *sgot = NULL; | 
 |   asection *sgotplt = NULL; | 
 |   asection *splt = NULL; | 
 |   asection *sreloc = NULL; | 
 |   asection *srelgot = NULL; | 
 |   bool is_vxworks_tls; | 
 |   unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2]; | 
 |   bool fdpic_p = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       sgot = htab->root.sgot; | 
 |       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt; | 
 |       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot; | 
 |       splt = htab->root.splt; | 
 |       fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p; | 
 |     } | 
 |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); | 
 |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); | 
 |   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); | 
 |  | 
 |   isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, | 
 | 					 input_section->output_section); | 
 |   if (fdpic_p && sgot) | 
 |     got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, | 
 | 					  sgot->output_section); | 
 |   else | 
 |     got_segment = -1; | 
 |   if (fdpic_p && splt) | 
 |     plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, | 
 | 					  splt->output_section); | 
 |   else | 
 |     plt_segment = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections | 
 |      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */ | 
 |   is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, | 
 | 				".tls_vars")); | 
 |  | 
 |   rel = relocs; | 
 |   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; | 
 |   for (; rel < relend; rel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       int r_type; | 
 |       reloc_howto_type *howto; | 
 |       unsigned long r_symndx; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; | 
 |       asection *sec; | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
 |       bfd_vma relocation; | 
 |       bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0; | 
 |       bfd_reloc_status_type r; | 
 |       bfd_vma off; | 
 |       enum got_type got_type; | 
 |       const char *symname = NULL; | 
 |       bool resolved_to_zero; | 
 |  | 
 |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); | 
 |  | 
 |       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are | 
 | 	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */ | 
 |       if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT | 
 | 	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |       if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (r_type < 0 | 
 | 	  || r_type >= R_SH_max | 
 | 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC) | 
 | 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2) | 
 | 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3) | 
 | 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4) | 
 | 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5) | 
 | 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 | 
 | 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	  return false; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from | 
 | 	 the relocation.  */ | 
 |       if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
 | 	addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 |       resolved_to_zero = false; | 
 |       h = NULL; | 
 |       sym = NULL; | 
 |       sec = NULL; | 
 |       check_segment[0] = -1; | 
 |       check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx; | 
 | 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section | 
 | 	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name); | 
 | 	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0') | 
 | 	    symname = bfd_section_name (sec); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma | 
 | 			+ sec->output_offset | 
 | 			+ sym->st_value); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) | 
 | 	    /* Handled below.  */ | 
 | 	    ; | 
 | 	  else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change | 
 | 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol, | 
 | 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the | 
 | 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */ | 
 | 	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      /* For relocations with the addend in the | 
 | 			 relocation, we need just to update the addend. | 
 | 			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this | 
 | 			 code is mostly for completeness.  */ | 
 | 		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 		      continue; | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the | 
 | 		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting | 
 | 		     from the changed location of the section symbol. | 
 | 		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto | 
 | 		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because | 
 | 		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current | 
 | 		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the | 
 | 		     final link.  */ | 
 | 		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, | 
 | 					      sec->output_offset | 
 | 					      + sym->st_value, | 
 | 					      contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 		  goto relocation_done; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); | 
 | 	      addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) | 
 | 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      asection *msec; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): " | 
 | 		       "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"), | 
 | 		     input_bfd, input_section, | 
 | 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      msec = sec; | 
 | 	      addend = | 
 | 		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend) | 
 | 		- relocation; | 
 | 	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      addend = 0; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  relocation = 0; | 
 | 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; | 
 | 	  symname = h->root.root.string; | 
 | 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
 | 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
 | 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
 | 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
 | 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bool dyn; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false; | 
 | 	      sec = h->root.u.def.section; | 
 | 	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value. | 
 | 		 We check specially because in some obscure cases | 
 | 		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */ | 
 | 	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC | 
 | 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 | 
 | 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 | 
 | 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 | 
 | 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 | 
 | 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16) | 
 | 		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
 | 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 | 
 | 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16) | 
 | 		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, | 
 | 							  bfd_link_pic (info), | 
 | 							  h) | 
 | 		      && (! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) | 
 | 			  || !h->def_regular)) | 
 | 		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is | 
 | 		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases | 
 | 		     below are those in which we must defer relocation | 
 | 		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute | 
 | 		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */ | 
 | 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) | 
 | 			  || !h->def_regular) | 
 | 		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
 | 			   && !h->forced_local) | 
 | 			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32 | 
 | 			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) | 
 | 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
 | 			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its | 
 | 			     sections against symbols defined externally | 
 | 			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything | 
 | 			     with them here.  */ | 
 | 			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 | 
 | 			      && h->def_dynamic))) | 
 | 		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING | 
 | 		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and | 
 | 		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */ | 
 | 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL | 
 | 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 | 
 | 			  && h->def_dynamic)) | 
 | 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL | 
 | 		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE | 
 | 			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD))) | 
 | 		; | 
 | 	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL) | 
 | 		relocation = (h->root.u.def.value | 
 | 			      + sec->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + sec->output_offset); | 
 | 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) | 
 | 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 						    input_section, | 
 | 						    rel->r_offset) | 
 | 			   != (bfd_vma) -1)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): " | 
 | 		       "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), | 
 | 		     input_bfd, | 
 | 		     input_section, | 
 | 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		     howto->name, | 
 | 		     h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	    resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h); | 
 | 	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE | 
 | 		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) | 
 | 	    ; | 
 | 	  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)) | 
 |             info->callbacks->undefined_symbol | 
 | 	      (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section, | 
 | 	       rel->r_offset, | 
 | 	       (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE | 
 | 		&& !info->warn_unresolved_syms) | 
 | 	       || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) | 
 | 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, | 
 | 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) | 
 | 	continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most | 
 | 	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of | 
 | 	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */ | 
 |       check_segment[0] = isec_segment; | 
 |       if (sec != NULL) | 
 | 	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, | 
 | 						   sec->output_section); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |       switch ((int) r_type) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	final_link_relocate: | 
 | 	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for | 
 | 	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */ | 
 | 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, | 
 | 					contents, rel->r_offset, | 
 | 					relocation, addend); | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_IND12W: | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL: | 
 | 	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then | 
 | 	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc | 
 | 	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not | 
 | 	     against the start of this section, then it's against an | 
 | 	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */ | 
 | 	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset | 
 | 	      != relocation) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      int disp = (relocation | 
 | 			  - input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 			  - input_section->output_offset | 
 | 			  - rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      int mask = 0; | 
 | 	      switch (r_type) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		case R_SH_DIR8WPN: | 
 | 		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break; | 
 | 		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break; | 
 | 		default: mask = 0; break; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      if (disp & mask) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: " | 
 | 		       "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"), | 
 | 		     input_section->owner, | 
 | 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset); | 
 | 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      relocation -= 4; | 
 | 	      goto final_link_relocate; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	  return false; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR16: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8U: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8S: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR4U: | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8UL: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR4UL: | 
 | 	  if (relocation & 3) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: " | 
 | 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64), | 
 | 		 input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		 howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8UW: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR8SW: | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR4UW: | 
 | 	  if (relocation & 1) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: " | 
 | 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""), | 
 | 		 input_section->owner, | 
 | 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name, | 
 | 		 (uint64_t) relocation); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_PSHA: | 
 | 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32 | 
 | 	      || (signed int)relocation > 32) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64 | 
 | 		   " not in range -32..32"), | 
 | 		 input_section->owner, | 
 | 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		 (int64_t) relocation); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_PSHL: | 
 | 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16 | 
 | 	      || (signed int)relocation > 16) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64 | 
 | 		   " not in range -32..32"), | 
 | 		 input_section->owner, | 
 | 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		 (int64_t) relocation); | 
 | 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_REL32: | 
 | 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	      && (h == NULL | 
 | 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 		      && !resolved_to_zero) | 
 | 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF | 
 | 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
 | 	      && !is_vxworks_tls | 
 | 	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
 | 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 | 	      bfd_byte *loc; | 
 | 	      bool skip, relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations | 
 | 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run | 
 | 		 time.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section | 
 | 		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true); | 
 | 		  if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      skip = false; | 
 | 	      relocate = false; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      outrel.r_offset = | 
 | 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, | 
 | 					 rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) | 
 | 		skip = true; | 
 | 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) | 
 | 		skip = true, relocate = true; | 
 | 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 				  + input_section->output_offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (skip) | 
 | 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); | 
 | 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); | 
 | 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32); | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend | 
 | 		    = (howto->partial_inplace | 
 | 		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) | 
 | 		       : addend); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else if (fdpic_p | 
 | 		       && (h == NULL | 
 | 			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 			       && h->def_regular))) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  int dynindx; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL); | 
 | 		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 | 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend | 
 | 		    += (howto->partial_inplace | 
 | 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) | 
 | 			: addend); | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to | 
 | 		     become local.  */ | 
 | 		  if (h == NULL | 
 | 		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 			  && h->def_regular)) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace; | 
 | 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
 | 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
 | 		  outrel.r_addend | 
 | 		    += (howto->partial_inplace | 
 | 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) | 
 | 			: addend); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      loc = sreloc->contents; | 
 | 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do | 
 | 		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we | 
 | 		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes | 
 | 		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */ | 
 | 	      if (! relocate) | 
 | 		continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
 | 		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, | 
 | 					    input_section->output_section)) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): " | 
 | 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, | 
 | 		       input_section, | 
 | 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		       symname); | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 						input_section, rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) | 
 | 		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 				    input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 				    + input_section->output_offset | 
 | 				    + rel->r_offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	    /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak | 
 | 	       symbols.  */ | 
 | 	    else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32 | 
 | 		     && h | 
 | 		     && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
 | 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the | 
 | 	     procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL | 
 | 	      || h->forced_local | 
 | 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	      || info->symbolic | 
 | 	      || h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 | 
 | 	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
 | 	    goto force_got; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global | 
 | 	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); | 
 | 	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset) | 
 | 			   + 3) * 4); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	force_got: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOT32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOT20: | 
 | 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global | 
 | 	     offset table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h != NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bool dyn; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      off = h->got.offset; | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; | 
 | 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, | 
 | 						     bfd_link_pic (info), | 
 | 						     h) | 
 | 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 		  || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) | 
 | 		       || resolved_to_zero) | 
 | 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a | 
 | 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined | 
 | 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local | 
 | 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize | 
 | 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the | 
 | 		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the | 
 | 		     least significant bit to record whether we have | 
 | 		     initialized it already. | 
 |  | 
 | 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got | 
 | 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This | 
 | 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */ | 
 | 		  if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
 | 		    off &= ~1; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, | 
 | 				  sgot->contents + off); | 
 | 		      h->got.offset |= 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid | 
 | 			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */ | 
 | 		      if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL | 
 | 			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT | 
 | 			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) | 
 | 			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 					    sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 					    + sgot->output_offset | 
 | 					    + off); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL | 
 | 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use | 
 | 		 the least significant bit to record whether we have | 
 | 		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */ | 
 | 	      if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
 | 		off &= ~1; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 | 		      bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 | 		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 					 + sgot->output_offset | 
 | 					 + off); | 
 | 		      if (fdpic_p) | 
 | 			{ | 
 | 			  int dynindx | 
 | 			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 | 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
 | 			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma; | 
 | 			} | 
 | 		      else | 
 | 			{ | 
 | 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
 | 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation; | 
 | 			} | 
 | 		      loc = srelgot->contents; | 
 | 		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else if (fdpic_p | 
 | 			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx] | 
 | 			       == GOT_NORMAL)) | 
 | 		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 					sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 					+ sgot->output_offset | 
 | 					+ off); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, | 
 | 					input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 					rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFF: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFF20: | 
 | 	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which | 
 | 	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same | 
 | 	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function | 
 | 	     descriptors in front of it.  */ | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = got_segment; | 
 | 	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value; | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, | 
 | 					input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 					rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTPC: | 
 | 	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); | 
 | 	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset; | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 	  relocation += GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_PLT32: | 
 | 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the | 
 | 	     procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly, | 
 | 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL) | 
 | 	    goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols, | 
 | 	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests | 
 | 	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined | 
 | 	     behavior.  */ | 
 | 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) | 
 | 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h->forced_local) | 
 | 	    goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This | 
 | 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when | 
 | 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */ | 
 | 	      goto final_link_relocate; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL); | 
 | 	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment; | 
 | 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma | 
 | 			+ splt->output_offset | 
 | 			+ h->plt.offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this | 
 | 	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT | 
 | 	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */ | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    int dynindx = -1; | 
 | 	    asection *reloc_section; | 
 | 	    bfd_vma reloc_offset; | 
 | 	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 |  | 
 | 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the | 
 | 	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so | 
 | 	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code | 
 | 	       does.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	    relocation = 0; | 
 | 	    addend = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		reloc_section = input_section; | 
 | 		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		reloc_section = sgot; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset; | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL); | 
 | 		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (reloc_offset & 1) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    reloc_offset &= ~1; | 
 | 		    goto funcdesc_done_got; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) | 
 | 		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)) | 
 | 	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically | 
 | 		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */ | 
 | 	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero; | 
 | 	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) | 
 | 		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor | 
 | 		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is | 
 | 		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to | 
 | 		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic | 
 | 		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request | 
 | 		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */ | 
 | 		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section | 
 | 					    ->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 | 		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset | 
 | 		  + h->root.u.def.value; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic | 
 | 		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a | 
 | 		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that | 
 | 		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function | 
 | 		   descriptor.  */ | 
 | 		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
 | 		dynindx = h->dynindx; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		bfd_vma offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function | 
 | 		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */ | 
 | 		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32; | 
 | 		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc | 
 | 					    ->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (h) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset; | 
 | 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); | 
 | 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0) | 
 | 		      { | 
 | 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h, | 
 | 							 offset, NULL, 0)) | 
 | 			  return false; | 
 | 			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1; | 
 | 		      } | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    union gotref *local_funcdesc; | 
 |  | 
 | 		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd); | 
 | 		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset; | 
 | 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); | 
 | 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0) | 
 | 		      { | 
 | 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL, | 
 | 							 offset, sec, | 
 | 							 sym->st_value)) | 
 | 			  return false; | 
 | 			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1; | 
 | 		      } | 
 | 		  } | 
 |  | 
 | 		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1); | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		bfd_vma offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, | 
 | 					    reloc_section->output_section)) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): " | 
 | 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, | 
 | 		       input_section, | 
 | 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		       symname); | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  } | 
 |  | 
 | 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) | 
 | 		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, | 
 | 				      offset | 
 | 				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 				      + reloc_section->output_offset); | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags | 
 | 		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		bfd_vma offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, | 
 | 					    reloc_section->output_section)) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    info->callbacks->warning | 
 | 		      (info, | 
 | 		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"), | 
 | 		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset); | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  } | 
 |  | 
 | 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, | 
 | 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) | 
 | 		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot, | 
 | 					offset | 
 | 					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 					+ reloc_section->output_offset, | 
 | 					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation); | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    r = bfd_reloc_ok; | 
 | 		    break; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    relocation = 0; | 
 | 		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero; | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma; | 
 | 	  funcdesc_leave_zero: | 
 | 	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, | 
 | 			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset); | 
 | 		if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		  h->got.offset |= 1; | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      funcdesc_done_got: | 
 |  | 
 | 		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset; | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 		relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, | 
 | 					  input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 					  rel->r_offset); | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      goto final_link_relocate; | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the | 
 | 	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get | 
 | 	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC | 
 | 	     for them.  */ | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	  relocation = 0; | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): " | 
 | 		   "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""), | 
 | 		 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, | 
 | 		 howto->name, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma offset; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function | 
 | 		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */ | 
 | 	      if (h) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset; | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); | 
 | 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h, | 
 | 						       offset, NULL, 0)) | 
 | 			return false; | 
 | 		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  union gotref *local_funcdesc; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd); | 
 | 		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset; | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); | 
 | 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL, | 
 | 						       offset, sec, | 
 | 						       sym->st_value)) | 
 | 			return false; | 
 | 		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value | 
 | 			 + sgotplt->output_offset); | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 | 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, | 
 | 					input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 					rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_LOOP_START: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    static bfd_vma start, end; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend | 
 | 		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); | 
 | 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); | 
 | 	    break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_LOOP_END: | 
 | 	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend | 
 | 		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); | 
 | 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, | 
 | 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); | 
 | 	    break; | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); | 
 | 	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) | 
 | 	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; | 
 | 	  else if (h != NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; | 
 | 	      if (! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		  && (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 		      || h->def_regular)) | 
 | 		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE) | 
 | 	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma offset; | 
 | 	      unsigned short insn; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* GD->LE transition: | 
 | 		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
 | 		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
 | 		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
 | 		     We change it into: | 
 | 		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop; | 
 | 		       nop; nop; ... | 
 | 		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 		  offset = rel->r_offset; | 
 | 		  if (offset < 16) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 			/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64), | 
 | 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset); | 
 | 		      return false; | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
 | 		  offset -= 16; | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
 | 		      offset -= 2; | 
 | 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 		  if (insn != 0x310c) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 		  if (insn != 0x410b) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
 | 		  if (insn != 0x34cc) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  int target; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* IE->LE transition: | 
 | 		         mov.l 1f,r0; | 
 | 		         stc gbr,rN; | 
 | 		         mov.l @(r0,r12),rM; | 
 | 		         bra 2f; | 
 | 		         add ...; | 
 | 		         .align 2; | 
 | 		       1: x@GOTTPOFF; | 
 | 		       2: | 
 | 		     We change it into: | 
 | 		         mov.l .Ln,rM; | 
 | 			 stc gbr,rN; | 
 | 			 nop; | 
 | 			 ...; | 
 | 		       1: x@TPOFF; | 
 | 		       2:.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 		  offset = rel->r_offset; | 
 | 		  if (offset < 16) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 			/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64), | 
 | 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset); | 
 | 		      return false; | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */ | 
 | 		  offset -= 10; | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
 | 		      offset -= 2; | 
 | 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		    } | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  target = insn & 0x00ff; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"), | 
 | 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target; | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), | 
 | 			  contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL) | 
 | 	    abort (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h != NULL) | 
 | 	    off = h->got.offset; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL) | 
 | 		abort (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */ | 
 | 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 | 
 | 	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      off &= ~1; | 
 | 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), | 
 | 			  sgot->contents + off); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off, | 
 | 			  contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if ((off & 1) != 0) | 
 | 	    off &= ~1; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 | 	      bfd_byte *loc; | 
 | 	      int dr_type, indx; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 				 + sgot->output_offset + off); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 		indx = 0; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		indx = h->dynindx; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 : | 
 | 			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); | 
 | 	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) | 
 | 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); | 
 | 	      loc = srelgot->contents; | 
 | 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (indx == 0) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
 | 				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info), | 
 | 				  sgot->contents + off + 4); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, | 
 | 						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32); | 
 | 		      outrel.r_offset += 4; | 
 | 		      outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | 		      srelgot->reloc_count++; | 
 | 		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		h->got.offset |= 1; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) | 
 | 	    abort (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) | 
 | 	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma offset; | 
 | 	      unsigned short insn; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* GD->IE transition: | 
 | 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
 | 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
 | 		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
 | 		 We change it into: | 
 | 		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0; | 
 | 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
 | 		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      offset = rel->r_offset; | 
 | 	      if (offset < 16) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64), | 
 | 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
 | 	      offset -= 16; | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
 | 		  offset -= 2; | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */ | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off, | 
 | 			  contents + rel->r_offset); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab); | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_vma offset; | 
 | 	      unsigned short insn; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* LD->LE transition: | 
 | 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; | 
 | 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; | 
 | 		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: | 
 | 		 We change it into: | 
 | 		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop; | 
 | 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	      offset = rel->r_offset; | 
 | 	      if (offset < 16) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64), | 
 | 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */ | 
 | 	      offset -= 16; | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); | 
 | 		  offset -= 2; | 
 | 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); | 
 | 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      continue; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL) | 
 | 	    abort (); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; | 
 | 	  if (off & 1) | 
 | 	    off &= ~1; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 | 	      bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 				 + sgot->output_offset + off); | 
 | 	      outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32); | 
 | 	      loc = srelgot->contents; | 
 | 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 | 	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: | 
 | 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 | 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 | 	  goto final_link_relocate; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	    int indx; | 
 | 	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; | 
 | 	    bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (!bfd_link_dll (info)) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); | 
 | 		addend = rel->r_addend; | 
 | 		goto final_link_relocate; | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section | 
 | 		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true); | 
 | 		if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 	      } | 
 |  | 
 | 	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 	      indx = 0; | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      indx = h->dynindx; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma | 
 | 			       + input_section->output_offset | 
 | 			       + rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); | 
 | 	    if (indx == 0) | 
 | 	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); | 
 | 	    else | 
 | 	      outrel.r_addend = 0; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    loc = sreloc->contents; | 
 | 	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 | 	  } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |     relocation_done: | 
 |       if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1 | 
 | 	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1]) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */ | 
 | 	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  info->callbacks->einfo | 
 | 		    /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		    (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"), | 
 | 		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		info->callbacks->einfo | 
 | 		  /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		  (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"), | 
 | 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname); | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  switch (r) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange: | 
 | 	      abort (); | 
 | 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow: | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		const char *name; | 
 |  | 
 | 		if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		  name = NULL; | 
 | 		else | 
 | 		  { | 
 | 		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section | 
 | 			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name)); | 
 | 		    if (name == NULL) | 
 | 		      return false; | 
 | 		    if (*name == '\0') | 
 | 		      name = bfd_section_name (sec); | 
 | 		  } | 
 | 		(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) | 
 | 		  (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, | 
 | 		   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents | 
 |    which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_byte * | 
 | sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd, | 
 | 				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info, | 
 | 				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order, | 
 | 				       bfd_byte *data, | 
 | 				       bool relocatable, | 
 | 				       asymbol **symbols) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; | 
 |   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner; | 
 |   asection **sections = NULL; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a | 
 |      particular set of section contents, specially.  */ | 
 |   if (relocatable | 
 |       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL) | 
 |     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, | 
 | 						       link_order, data, | 
 | 						       relocatable, | 
 | 						       symbols); | 
 |  | 
 |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); | 
 |  | 
 |   bfd_byte *orig_data = data; | 
 |   if (data == NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size); | 
 |       if (data == NULL) | 
 | 	return NULL; | 
 |     } | 
 |   memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents, | 
 | 	  (size_t) input_section->size); | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 | 
 |       && input_section->reloc_count > 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection **secpp; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend; | 
 |       bfd_size_type amt; | 
 |  | 
 |       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs | 
 | 			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL, | 
 | 			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false)); | 
 |       if (internal_relocs == NULL) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; | 
 | 	  if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
 | 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, | 
 | 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, | 
 | 					    NULL, NULL, NULL); | 
 | 	  if (isymbuf == NULL) | 
 | 	    goto error_return; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 |       amt *= sizeof (asection *); | 
 |       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | 
 |       if (sections == NULL && amt != 0) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |       isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 |       for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  asection *isec; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) | 
 | 	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; | 
 | 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) | 
 | 	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; | 
 | 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) | 
 | 	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  *secpp = isec; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd, | 
 | 				     input_section, data, internal_relocs, | 
 | 				     isymbuf, sections)) | 
 | 	goto error_return; | 
 |  | 
 |       free (sections); | 
 |       if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
 | 	free (isymbuf); | 
 |       if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
 | 	free (internal_relocs); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return data; | 
 |  | 
 |  error_return: | 
 |   free (sections); | 
 |   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) | 
 |     free (isymbuf); | 
 |   if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) | 
 |     free (internal_relocs); | 
 |   if (orig_data == NULL) | 
 |     free (data); | 
 |   return NULL; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses | 
 |    when resolving @dtpoff relocation. | 
 |    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_vma | 
 | dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */ | 
 |   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_vma | 
 | tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) | 
 | { | 
 |   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */ | 
 |   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) | 
 |     return 0; | 
 |   /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead | 
 |      structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */ | 
 |   return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma | 
 | 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, | 
 | 			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static asection * | 
 | sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, | 
 | 		     struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, | 
 | 		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, | 
 | 		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (h != NULL) | 
 |     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) | 
 |       { | 
 |       case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: | 
 |       case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: | 
 | 	return NULL; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static void | 
 | sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, | 
 | 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; | 
 |  | 
 |   edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir; | 
 |   eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind; | 
 |  | 
 |   edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount; | 
 |   eind->gotplt_refcount = 0; | 
 |   edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount; | 
 |   eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0; | 
 |   edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount; | 
 |   eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
 |       && dir->got.refcount <= 0) | 
 |     { | 
 |       edir->got_type = eind->got_type; | 
 |       eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
 |       && dir->dynamic_adjusted) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing | 
 | 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. | 
 | 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */ | 
 |       if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden) | 
 | 	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; | 
 |       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; | 
 |       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; | 
 |       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else | 
 |     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static int | 
 | sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type, | 
 | 			    int is_local) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 |     return r_type; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (r_type) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
 |     case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
 |       if (is_local) | 
 | 	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
 |       return R_SH_TLS_IE_32; | 
 |     case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
 |       return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return r_type; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase. | 
 |    Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the | 
 |    virtual table relocs for gc.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, | 
 | 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) | 
 | { | 
 |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; | 
 |   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; | 
 |   asection *sreloc; | 
 |   unsigned int r_type; | 
 |   enum got_type got_type, old_got_type; | 
 |  | 
 |   sreloc = NULL; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd)); | 
 |  | 
 |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | 
 |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; | 
 |   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
 |       unsigned long r_symndx; | 
 |  | 
 |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); | 
 |       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) | 
 | 	h = NULL; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; | 
 | 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | 
 | 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | 
 | 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); | 
 |       if (! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 | 
 | 	  && h != NULL | 
 | 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined | 
 | 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak | 
 | 	  && (h->dynindx == -1 | 
 | 	      || h->def_regular)) | 
 | 	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	switch (r_type) | 
 | 	  { | 
 | 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC: | 
 | 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	    if (h != NULL) | 
 | 	      { | 
 | 		if (h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) | 
 | 		    { | 
 | 		    case STV_INTERNAL: | 
 | 		    case STV_HIDDEN: | 
 | 		      break; | 
 | 		    default: | 
 | 		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); | 
 | 		      break; | 
 | 		    } | 
 | 	      } | 
 | 	    break; | 
 | 	  } | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */ | 
 |       if (htab->root.sgot == NULL) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  switch (r_type) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    case R_SH_DIR32: | 
 | 	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */ | 
 | 	      if (!htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 		break; | 
 | 	      /* Fall through.  */ | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOT32: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOT20: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTPC: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
 | 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) | 
 | 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd; | 
 | 	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info)) | 
 | 		return false; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       switch (r_type) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. | 
 | 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */ | 
 | 	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: | 
 | 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) | 
 | 	    return false; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually | 
 | 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */ | 
 | 	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: | 
 | 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) | 
 | 	    return false; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
 | 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* FALLTHROUGH */ | 
 | 	force_got: | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOT32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOT20: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	  switch (r_type) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: | 
 | 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: | 
 | 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC; | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h != NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      h->got.refcount += 1; | 
 | 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local | 
 | 		 symbol.  */ | 
 | 	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); | 
 | 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bfd_size_type size; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 | 		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma); | 
 | 		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info; | 
 | 		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) | 
 | 					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)); | 
 | 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; | 
 | 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) | 
 | 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; | 
 | 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, | 
 | 	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */ | 
 | 	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN | 
 | 	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) | 
 | 		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL)) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"), | 
 | 		       abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC | 
 | 			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"), | 
 | 		       abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"), | 
 | 		       abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		  return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (old_got_type != got_type) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: | 
 | 	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: | 
 | 	  if (rel->r_addend) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		(_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"), | 
 | 		 abfd); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      union gotref *local_funcdesc; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */ | 
 | 	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd); | 
 | 	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  bfd_size_type size; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref); | 
 | 		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); | 
 | 		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc; | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++; | 
 | 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) | 
 | 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then | 
 | 		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */ | 
 | 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; | 
 | 	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL) | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"), | 
 | 		       abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		  else | 
 | 		    _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		      /* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"), | 
 | 		       abfd, h->root.root.string); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32: | 
 | 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without | 
 | 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL | 
 | 	      || h->forced_local | 
 | 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	      || info->symbolic | 
 | 	      || h->dynindx == -1) | 
 | 	    goto force_got; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  h->needs_plt = 1; | 
 | 	  h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
 | 	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_PLT32: | 
 | 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We | 
 | 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, | 
 | 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is | 
 | 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we | 
 | 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry | 
 | 	     after all.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without | 
 | 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */ | 
 | 	  if (h == NULL) | 
 | 	    continue; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (h->forced_local) | 
 | 	    break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  h->needs_plt = 1; | 
 | 	  h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_DIR32: | 
 | 	case R_SH_REL32: | 
 | 	  if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      h->non_got_ref = 1; | 
 | 	      h->plt.refcount += 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc | 
 | 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc | 
 | 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc | 
 | 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with | 
 | 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a | 
 | 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are | 
 | 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At | 
 | 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is | 
 | 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set | 
 | 	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that | 
 | 	     possibility below by storing information in the | 
 | 	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar | 
 | 	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol | 
 | 	     visibility changes render the symbol local. | 
 |  | 
 | 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we | 
 | 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a | 
 | 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the | 
 | 	     symbol.  */ | 
 | 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
 | 	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32 | 
 | 		   || (h != NULL | 
 | 		       && (! info->symbolic | 
 | 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak | 
 | 			   || !h->def_regular)))) | 
 | 	      || (! bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | 
 | 		  && h != NULL | 
 | 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak | 
 | 		      || !h->def_regular))) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; | 
 | 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) | 
 | 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these | 
 | 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc | 
 | 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */ | 
 | 	      if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section | 
 | 		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  if (sreloc == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of | 
 | 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */ | 
 | 	      if (h != NULL) | 
 | 		head = &h->dyn_relocs; | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */ | 
 | 		  asection *s; | 
 | 		  void *vpp; | 
 | 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache, | 
 | 						abfd, r_symndx); | 
 | 		  if (isym == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); | 
 | 		  if (s == NULL) | 
 | 		    s = sec; | 
 |  | 
 | 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; | 
 | 		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      p = *head; | 
 | 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  size_t amt = sizeof (*p); | 
 | 		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt); | 
 | 		  if (p == NULL) | 
 | 		    return false; | 
 | 		  p->next = *head; | 
 | 		  *head = p; | 
 | 		  p->sec = sec; | 
 | 		  p->count = 0; | 
 | 		  p->pc_count = 0; | 
 | 		} | 
 |  | 
 | 	      p->count += 1; | 
 | 	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32) | 
 | 		p->pc_count += 1; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation. | 
 | 	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the | 
 | 	     fixup.  */ | 
 | 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32 | 
 | 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | 
 | 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4; | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: | 
 | 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info)) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 		(_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"), | 
 | 		 abfd); | 
 | 	      return false; | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: | 
 | 	  /* Nothing to do.  */ | 
 | 	  break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	default: | 
 | 	  break; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags | 
 | static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE }; | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[]. | 
 |    Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c | 
 |    return the equivalent ELF flags from the table. | 
 |    Return -1 if no match is found.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | int | 
 | sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach) | 
 | { | 
 |   int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (; i>0; i--) | 
 |     if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach) | 
 |       return i; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* shouldn't get here */ | 
 |   BFD_FAIL(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return -1; | 
 | } | 
 | #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */ | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data | 
 | /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); | 
 | } | 
 | #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */ | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data | 
 |  | 
 | /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that | 
 |    corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | int | 
 | sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set) | 
 | { | 
 |   extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int); | 
 |   unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set); | 
 |  | 
 |   return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the | 
 |    resultant architecture supports all the features required | 
 |    by the two input BFDs. | 
 |    If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses | 
 |    DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture | 
 |    that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; | 
 |   unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd)); | 
 |   new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd)); | 
 |  | 
 |   merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	(_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules " | 
 | 	   "use %s instructions"), | 
 | 	 ibfd, | 
 | 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point", | 
 | 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp"); | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       _bfd_error_handler | 
 | 	/* xgettext:c-format */ | 
 | 	(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with " | 
 | 	   "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"), | 
 | 	 bfd_printable_name (obfd), | 
 | 	 bfd_printable_name (ibfd)); | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh, | 
 | 			     sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch)); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and | 
 |    calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries?  */ | 
 |   if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */ | 
 |       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true; | 
 |       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; | 
 |       sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); | 
 |       if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) | 
 | 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible " | 
 | 			    "with instructions used in previous modules"), | 
 | 			  ibfd); | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK; | 
 |   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= | 
 |     sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd)) | 
 |     { | 
 |       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"), | 
 | 			  ibfd); | 
 |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata | 
 |    as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags | 
 |    here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) | 
 | { | 
 |   if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0) | 
 | 	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various | 
 |    dynamic sections here.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, | 
 | 			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *splt; | 
 |       asection *sgotplt; | 
 |       asection *srelplt; | 
 |  | 
 |       bfd_vma plt_index; | 
 |       bfd_vma got_offset; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
 |       bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |       const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set | 
 | 	 it up.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); | 
 |  | 
 |       splt = htab->root.splt; | 
 |       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt; | 
 |       srelplt = htab->root.srelplt; | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which | 
 | 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol | 
 | 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The | 
 | 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */ | 
 |       plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset); | 
 |  | 
 |       plt_info = htab->plt_info; | 
 |       if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT) | 
 | 	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that | 
 | 	 corresponds to this function.  */ | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes | 
 | 	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight | 
 | 	   bytes.  */ | 
 | 	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size; | 
 |       else | 
 | 	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are | 
 | 	   reserved.  */ | 
 | 	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4; | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, | 
 | 	      plt_info->symbol_entry, | 
 | 	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      bfd_reloc_status_type r; | 
 | 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset, | 
 | 					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents, | 
 | 					h->plt.offset | 
 | 					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset, | 
 | 			       (splt->contents | 
 | 				+ h->plt.offset | 
 | 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, | 
 | 			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 			      + got_offset), | 
 | 			     (splt->contents | 
 | 			      + h->plt.offset | 
 | 			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); | 
 | 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k; | 
 | 	      int distance; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains | 
 | 		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain | 
 | 		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can | 
 | 		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch | 
 | 		 to the last element of the previous group.  */ | 
 | 	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of | 
 | 		 the common resolver stub.  */ | 
 | 	      reachable_plts = ((4096 | 
 | 				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size | 
 | 				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4)) | 
 | 				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1; | 
 | 	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
 | 	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts) | 
 | 		distance = -(h->plt.offset | 
 | 			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt); | 
 | 	      else | 
 | 		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1) | 
 | 			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */ | 
 | 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, | 
 | 			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)), | 
 | 			  (splt->contents | 
 | 			   + h->plt.offset | 
 | 			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, true, | 
 | 			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset, | 
 | 			       (splt->contents | 
 | 				+ h->plt.offset | 
 | 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */ | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	got_offset += GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	got_offset = plt_index * 8; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE) | 
 | 	install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, | 
 | 			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela), | 
 | 			   (splt->contents | 
 | 			    + h->plt.offset | 
 | 			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset)); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */ | 
 |       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
 | 		  (splt->output_section->vma | 
 | 		   + splt->output_offset | 
 | 		   + h->plt.offset | 
 | 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset), | 
 | 		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset); | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
 | 		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section), | 
 | 		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */ | 
 |       rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma | 
 | 		      + sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 		      + got_offset); | 
 |       if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT); | 
 |       rel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | #ifdef GOT_BIAS | 
 |       rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS; | 
 | #endif | 
 |       loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry. | 
 | 	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */ | 
 | 	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents | 
 | 		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation | 
 | 	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */ | 
 | 	  rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma | 
 | 			  + splt->output_offset | 
 | 			  + h->plt.offset | 
 | 			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); | 
 | 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 	  rel.r_addend = got_offset; | 
 | 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 | 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for | 
 | 	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */ | 
 | 	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma | 
 | 			  + sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 			  + got_offset); | 
 | 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 	  rel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!h->def_regular) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in | 
 | 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */ | 
 | 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 | 
 |       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD | 
 |       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE | 
 |       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *sgot; | 
 |       asection *srelgot; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
 |       bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it | 
 | 	 up.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       sgot = htab->root.sgot; | 
 |       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot; | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |       rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma | 
 | 		      + sgot->output_offset | 
 | 		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the | 
 | 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because | 
 | 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. | 
 | 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been | 
 | 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */ | 
 |       if (bfd_link_pic (info) | 
 | 	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
 | 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) | 
 | 	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section; | 
 | 	      int dynindx | 
 | 		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value | 
 | 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	  else | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); | 
 | 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value | 
 | 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |       else | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset); | 
 | 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); | 
 | 	  rel.r_addend = 0; | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       loc = srelgot->contents; | 
 |       loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (h->needs_copy) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *s; | 
 |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
 |       bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 |       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 | 
 | 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined | 
 | 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)); | 
 |  | 
 |       s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss"); | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value | 
 | 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 | 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
 |       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY); | 
 |       rel.r_addend = 0; | 
 |       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks, | 
 |      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the | 
 |      ".got" section.  */ | 
 |   if (h == htab->root.hdynamic | 
 |       || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot)) | 
 |     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; | 
 |   asection *sgotplt; | 
 |   asection *sdyn; | 
 |  | 
 |   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   if (htab == NULL) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt; | 
 |   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) | 
 |     { | 
 |       asection *splt; | 
 |       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; | 
 |  | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); | 
 |  | 
 |       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; | 
 |       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); | 
 |       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | 
 | 	  asection *s; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  switch (dyn.d_tag) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	    default: | 
 | 	      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks | 
 | 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) | 
 | 		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case DT_PLTGOT: | 
 | 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL); | 
 | 	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section; | 
 | 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value | 
 | 		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case DT_JMPREL: | 
 | 	      s = htab->root.srelplt; | 
 | 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 |  | 
 | 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ: | 
 | 	      s = htab->root.srelplt; | 
 | 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); | 
 | 	      break; | 
 | 	    } | 
 | 	} | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */ | 
 |       splt = htab->root.splt; | 
 |       if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry) | 
 | 	{ | 
 | 	  unsigned int i; | 
 |  | 
 | 	  memcpy (splt->contents, | 
 | 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry, | 
 | 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size); | 
 | 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++) | 
 | 	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE) | 
 | 	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, | 
 | 				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma | 
 | 				  + sgotplt->output_offset | 
 | 				  + (i * 4)), | 
 | 				 (splt->contents | 
 | 				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i])); | 
 |  | 
 | 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks) | 
 | 	    { | 
 | 	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */ | 
 | 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel; | 
 | 	      bfd_byte *loc; | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the | 
 | 		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */ | 
 | 	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; | 
 | 	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma | 
 | 			      + splt->output_offset | 
 | 			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]); | 
 | 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 	      rel.r_addend = 8; | 
 | 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 | 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 | 	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. | 
 | 		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or | 
 | 		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were | 
 | 		 output.  */ | 
 | 	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) | 
 | 		{ | 
 | 		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */ | 
 | 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); | 
 | 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, | 
 | 					     R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 | 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 |  | 
 | 		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */ | 
 | 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); | 
 | 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, | 
 | 					     R_SH_DIR32); | 
 | 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); | 
 | 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); | 
 | 		} | 
 | 	    } | 
 |  | 
 | 	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't | 
 | 	     really seem like the right value.  */ | 
 | 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; | 
 | 	} | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */ | 
 |   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     { | 
 |       if (sdyn == NULL) | 
 | 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents); | 
 |       else | 
 | 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, | 
 | 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset, | 
 | 		    sgotplt->contents); | 
 |       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4); | 
 |       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0) | 
 |     elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */ | 
 |   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL) | 
 |     { | 
 |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot; | 
 |       bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value | 
 | 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 | 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset; | 
 |  | 
 |       sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value); | 
 |  | 
 |       /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */ | 
 |       BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->srelfuncdesc) | 
 |     BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) | 
 | 		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (htab->root.srelgot) | 
 |     BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) | 
 | 		== htab->root.srelgot->size); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class | 
 | sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 			 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) | 
 | { | 
 |   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) | 
 |     { | 
 |     case R_SH_RELATIVE: | 
 |       return reloc_class_relative; | 
 |     case R_SH_JMP_SLOT: | 
 |       return reloc_class_plt; | 
 |     case R_SH_COPY: | 
 |       return reloc_class_copy; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return reloc_class_normal; | 
 |     } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
 | /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | 
 | { | 
 |   int offset; | 
 |   unsigned int size; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (note->descsz) | 
 |     { | 
 |       default: | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       case 168:		/* Linux/SH */ | 
 | 	/* pr_cursig */ | 
 | 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* pr_pid */ | 
 | 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); | 
 |  | 
 | 	/* pr_reg */ | 
 | 	offset = 72; | 
 | 	size = 92; | 
 |  | 
 | 	break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */ | 
 |   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | 
 | 					  size, note->descpos + offset); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | 
 | { | 
 |   switch (note->descsz) | 
 |     { | 
 |       default: | 
 | 	return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */ | 
 | 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program | 
 | 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); | 
 | 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | 
 | 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | 
 |      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | 
 |      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */ | 
 |  | 
 |   { | 
 |     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; | 
 |     int n = strlen (command); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | 
 |       command[n - 1] = '\0'; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL | 
 |    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_vma | 
 | sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, | 
 | 		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 |   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; | 
 |  | 
 |   plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0); | 
 |   return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in | 
 |    shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bool | 
 | sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | 
 | 			      struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |  | 
 |   /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */ | 
 |   if (htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */ | 
 |  | 
 | static bfd_byte | 
 | sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd, | 
 | 			  struct bfd_link_info *info, | 
 | 			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset, | 
 | 			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset, | 
 | 			  bfd_vma *encoded) | 
 | { | 
 |   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); | 
 |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!htab->fdpic_p) | 
 |     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec, | 
 | 				       loc_offset, encoded); | 
 |  | 
 |   h = htab->root.hgot; | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec) | 
 | 	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section))) | 
 |     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, | 
 | 				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded); | 
 |  | 
 |   BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec) | 
 | 	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment | 
 | 		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section))); | 
 |  | 
 |   *encoded = osec->vma + offset | 
 |     - (h->root.u.def.value | 
 |        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma | 
 |        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); | 
 |  | 
 |   return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		sh_elf32_vec | 
 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh" | 
 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	sh_elf32_le_vec | 
 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl" | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh | 
 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA | 
 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH | 
 | #ifdef __QNXTARGET__ | 
 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000 | 
 | #else | 
 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' | 
 |  | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup | 
 | #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section | 
 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject | 
 | #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_copy_private_data | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_merge_private_data | 
 |  | 
 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook | 
 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs | 
 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol | 
 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections | 
 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create | 
 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol | 
 | #define elf_backend_early_size_sections	sh_elf_early_size_sections | 
 | #define elf_backend_late_size_sections	sh_elf_late_size_sections | 
 | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym | 
 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol | 
 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections | 
 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class | 
 | #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val | 
 | #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame | 
 | #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame | 
 | #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \ | 
 | 					sh_elf_encode_eh_address | 
 |  | 
 | #define elf_backend_stack_align		8 | 
 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1 | 
 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1 | 
 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1 | 
 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1 | 
 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0 | 
 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12 | 
 | #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1 | 
 |  | 
 | #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	true | 
 |  | 
 | #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED | 
 |  | 
 | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* NetBSD support.  */ | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_nbsd_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd" | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd" | 
 | #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE | 
 | #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000 | 
 | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
 | #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char | 
 | #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0 | 
 | #undef	elf32_bed | 
 | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed | 
 |  | 
 | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Linux support.  */ | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_linux_be_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux" | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_linux_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux" | 
 | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
 | #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000 | 
 |  | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus | 
 | #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo | 
 | #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo | 
 | #undef	elf32_bed | 
 | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed | 
 |  | 
 | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* FDPIC support.  */ | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic" | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic" | 
 |  | 
 | #undef	elf32_bed | 
 | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed | 
 |  | 
 | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* VxWorks support.  */ | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_vxworks_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks" | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec | 
 | #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME | 
 | #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks" | 
 | #undef	elf32_bed | 
 | #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed | 
 |  | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym | 
 | #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1 | 
 | #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char | 
 | #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_' | 
 | #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1 | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook | 
 | #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook | 
 | #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ | 
 | 					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs | 
 | #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs | 
 | #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing | 
 | #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \ | 
 | 					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing | 
 | #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE | 
 | #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000 | 
 | #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE | 
 |  | 
 | #undef	ELF_TARGET_OS | 
 | #define	ELF_TARGET_OS			is_vxworks | 
 |  | 
 | #include "elf32-target.h" | 
 |  | 
 | #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ |